3D-printing/klipper
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Klipper3d/klipper.git synced 2025-07-22 22:24:02 -06:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions 4

lib: Update stm32f1 code to version 1.8.0

Browse source 
Update the stm32f1 code to the latest from ST.  Merge the
lib/cmsis-stm32f1/ and lib/hal-stm32f1/ into a single lib/stm32f1/
directory.  Document all the differences from the pristine upstream
code.

Signed-off-by: Kevin O'Connor <kevin@koconnor.net>
This commit is contained in:
Kevin O'Connor 2019-07-21 20:29:14 -04:00
parent 17bd595b15
commit 893acdb56b
196 changed files with 91350 additions and 84275 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

596
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number V1.1.4
*/
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x01U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x04U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK 0x00000FFFU
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configure the Flash prefetch.
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32f1xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Configure Flash prefetch */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \
defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \
defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \
defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* of time base.
* @note This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
#endif
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
uwTickFreq = Freq;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return ((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID_Pos);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return ((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
* If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode
* debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
* the system from Stop mode.
* Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer
* interrupt.
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
* If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode
* debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
* the system from Stop mode.
* Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer
* interrupt.
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2414
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1323
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2436
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_can.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1005
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

505
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value 0x0F.
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Disables the MPU
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
__DMB();
/* Disable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
MPU->CTRL = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the MPU.
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
/* Enable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
__DSB();
__ISB();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

330
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
(+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) compute the 32-bit CRC value of a 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
[..] or
(+) compute the 32-bit CRC value of a 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 32-bit CRC value of a 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of uint32_t words).
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 32-bit CRC value of a 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of uint32_t words).
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC handle state.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Return CRC handle state */
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1367
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

420
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Dual mode IO operation ***
==============================
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
Channel 1 and Channel 2.
*** Signal generation operation ***
===================================
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(DAC)
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
* @brief Extended private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

899
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,899 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
(except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
and DMA requests.
(#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
(+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA DMA
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
[..]
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
* @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
#if defined (DMA2)
/* calculation of the channel index */
if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
{
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
}
else
{
/* DMA2 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
}
#else
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
#endif /* DMA2 */
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the CR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
/* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
DMA_CCR_DIR));
/* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
/* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
/* Initialise the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state*/
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Reset DMA Channel control register */
hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
#if defined (DMA2)
/* calculation of the channel index */
if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
{
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
}
else
{
/* DMA2 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
}
#else
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
#endif /* DMA2 */
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex));
/* Clean all callbacks */
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
/* Reset the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Reset the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @brief Input and Output operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Abort DMA transfer
(+) Poll for transfer complete
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
/* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback)
{
/* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
}
else
{
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Remain BUSY */
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Abort the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA IT */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
/* Disable the channel */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
}
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA IT */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
/* Disable the channel */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Clear all flags */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Call User Abort callback */
if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
{
hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t temp;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Transfer Complete flag */
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
}
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
{
if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET))
{
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
/* Update error code */
SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
{
/* Update error code */
SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
/* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
all transfers are complete) */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != RESET))
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
}
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
/* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
/* but in Transfer Complete case */
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Half transfer callback */
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != RESET))
{
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
}
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete callback */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
{
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
/* Disable ALL DMA IT */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
return;
}
/**
* @brief Register callbacks
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
* @param pCallback: pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to
* a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister callbacks
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DMA state
(+) Get error code
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the DMA hande state.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Return DMA handle state */
return hdma->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DMA error code.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval DMA Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
/* Configure DMA Channel data length */
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
/* Memory to Peripheral */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Peripheral to Memory */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2292
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

559
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Compute line mask */
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Configure rising trigger */
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
EXTI->RTSR |= maskline;
}
else
{
EXTI->RTSR &= ~maskline;
}
/* Configure falling trigger */
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
EXTI->FTSR |= maskline;
}
else
{
EXTI->FTSR &= ~maskline;
}
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = AFIO->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
AFIO->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
{
EXTI->IMR |= maskline;
}
else
{
EXTI->IMR &= ~maskline;
}
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
{
EXTI->EMR |= maskline;
}
else
{
EXTI->EMR &= ~maskline;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* Compute line mask */
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((EXTI->IMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
}
/* Get event mode */
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((EXTI->EMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((EXTI->RTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
}
/* Get falling configuration */
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((EXTI->FTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = AFIO->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
}
else
{
/* No Trigger selected */
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line mask */
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
EXTI->IMR = (EXTI->IMR & ~maskline);
/* 2] Clear event mode */
EXTI->EMR = (EXTI->EMR & ~maskline);
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
EXTI->RTSR = (EXTI->RTSR & ~maskline);
EXTI->FTSR = (EXTI->FTSR & ~maskline);
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = AFIO->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (AFIO_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
AFIO->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
/* Compute line mask */
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending bit */
regval = (EXTI->PR & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
EXTI->PR = maskline;
/* Call callback */
if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->PendingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t linepos;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* Compute line mask */
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((EXTI->PR & maskline) >> linepos);
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
uint32_t maskline;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* Compute line mask */
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Clear Pending bit */
EXTI->PR = maskline;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
uint32_t maskline;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Compute line mask */
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Generate Software interrupt */
EXTI->SWIER = maskline;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

967
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) Option Bytes programming
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32F1xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to erase and program the main memory:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
(++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
(++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
(#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to manage the Option Bytes:
(++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
(++) Set the Read protection Level
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
(++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
(++) Erase Option Bytes
(++) Program the data Option Bytes
(++) Get the Write protection.
(++) Get the user option bytes.
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
includes all needed functions to:
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
(++) Get error flag status
[..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set/Get the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this
* is when 0x0000 is programmed)
*
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
uint8_t index = 0;
uint8_t nbiterations = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
{
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
}
else
{
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 1U;
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 2U;
}
else
{
/* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 4U;
}
for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
{
FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
{
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
}
else
{
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* In case of error, stop programation procedure */
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
break;
}
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
{
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1);
}else
{
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
}
#else
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
pFlash.Address = Address;
pFlash.Data = Data;
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
/* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
}
else
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
/* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
}
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \
(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)))
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
{
/* Return the faulty address */
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Reset address */
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
/* Save the Error code */
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
/* Stop the procedure ongoing */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Process can continue only if no error detected */
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase */
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
/*Increment sector number*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
}
else
{
/* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
/* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
}
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER))
{
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
else
{
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
pFlash.Address += 2U;
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
}
else
{
/* Program ended. Return the selected address */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
}
else
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
}
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
}
}
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
/* Process can continue only if no error detected */
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
/* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
/* Increment page address to next page */
pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER);
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
}
else
{
/*No more pages to Erase*/
/*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER);
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER))
{
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
else
{
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
pFlash.Address += 2U;
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
}
else
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2U);
}
else
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6U);
}
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
}
}
#endif
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
#else
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval none
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval none
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Verify Flash is unlocked */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Verify Flash BANK2 is unlocked */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK) != RESET)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK);
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @note This function will reset automatically the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions
* @brief Peripheral errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
* @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address specify the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specify the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
{
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Proceed to program the new data */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
}
else
{
/* Proceed to program the new data */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/* Write data in the address */
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
{
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) ||
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* There is no error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2))
{
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is an error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
{
uint32_t flags = 0U;
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2))
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2;
#else
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
}
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2;
#else
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV;
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR);
}
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1127
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

588
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
in several modes:
(+) Input mode
(+) Analog mode
(+) Output mode
(+) Alternate function mode
(+) External interrupt/event lines
[..]
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
[..]
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
[..]
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
[..]
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
[..]
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity
line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests.
Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked
independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE 0x00000003u
#define EXTI_MODE 0x10000000u
#define GPIO_MODE_IT 0x00010000u
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT 0x00020000u
#define RISING_EDGE 0x00100000u
#define FALLING_EDGE 0x00200000u
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE 0x00000010u
#define GPIO_NUMBER 16u
/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */
#define GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT 0x00000000u /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state) */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG 0x00000000u /*!< 00: Analog mode */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING 0x00000004u /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state) */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD 0x00000008u /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000000u /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD 0x00000004u /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000008u /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull */
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD 0x0000000Cu /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
to be ready for use.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t ioposition;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t temp;
uint32_t config = 0x00u;
__IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
uint32_t registeroffset; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = (0x01uL << position);
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
if (iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */
switch (GPIO_Init->Mode)
{
/* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */
case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP:
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP;
break;
/* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */
case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD:
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD;
break;
/* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */
case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP:
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP;
break;
/* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */
case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD:
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD;
break;
/* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */
case GPIO_MODE_INPUT:
case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING:
case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING:
case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING:
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING:
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING:
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING:
/* Check the GPIO pull parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
if (GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL)
{
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING;
}
else if (GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP)
{
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
/* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition;
}
else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */
{
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
/* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
GPIOx->BRR = ioposition;
}
break;
/* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */
case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG:
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG;
break;
/* Parameters are checked with assert_param */
default:
break;
}
/* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
in order to address CRH or CRL register*/
configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH;
registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2u) : ((position - 8u) << 2u);
/* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */
MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset), (config << registeroffset));
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable AFIO Clock */
__HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0Fu) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
/* Configure the interrupt mask */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent);
}
/* Configure the event mask */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent);
}
/* Enable or disable the rising trigger */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent);
}
/* Enable or disable the falling trigger */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent);
}
}
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t tmp;
__IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
uint32_t registeroffset;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
tmp &= 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
{
tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2u], tmp);
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
in order to address CRH or CRL register */
configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH;
registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2u) : ((position - 8u) << 2u);
/* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */
MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset);
/* ODR default value is 0 */
CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent);
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16u;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pin
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence
* has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until
* the next reset.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
if ((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK))
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

127
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO Extension HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral.
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral extension features #####
==============================================================================
[..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register:
(+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature
(#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
(#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
(#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
(+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
(+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected.
* @param GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT.
* @param GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource)
{
/* Verify the parameters */
assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource));
assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource));
/* Apply the new configuration */
MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT) | (AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource) | (GPIO_PinSource));
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Event Output.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void)
{
SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Event Output.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1626
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

7187
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1822
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2658
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

240
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F1xx
devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value
can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting.
(++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR & IWDG_RLR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) wait for status flags to be reset"
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With
higher prescaler (256), and according to HSI variation, we need to wait at
least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 48U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if (hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers by writing 0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while (hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2858
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_mmc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

93
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL BSP module.
* This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
* to the user folder.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL_MSP
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Exported_Functions HAL MSP Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2267
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1284
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

949
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PCCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted
* as external device.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FSMC layer functions
to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:
(+) PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for
both common and attribute spaces.
(+) Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in
the CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller.
(+) Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() -
HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
(+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset.
(+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector.
(+) Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus().
(+) You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash device HAL state by calling
the function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState()
[..]
(@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash
operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different operations
and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use Functions @ref HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
it allows to register following callbacks:
(+) MspInitCallback : PCCARD MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : PCCARD MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_PCCARD_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) MspInitCallback : PCCARD MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : PCCARD MspDeInit.
This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
By default, after the @ref HAL_PCCARD_Init and if the state is HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions.
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_PCCARD_Init
and @ref HAL_PCCARD_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_PCCARD_Init and @ref HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using @ref HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
or @ref HAL_PCCARD_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
#if defined(FSMC_BANK4)
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD
* @brief PCCARD HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Defines PCCARD Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID 0x0000FFFFU
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR 0x0000FFFFU
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR 0x00000400U
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS 0x01000000U
#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK (uint8_t)0x58
#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK (uint8_t)0x50
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the PCCARD memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param ComSpaceTiming Common space timing structure
* @param AttSpaceTiming Attribute space timing structure
* @param IOSpaceTiming IO space timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming)
{
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if(hpccard->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
}
hpccard->ItCallback = HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback;
/* Init the low level hardware */
hpccard->MspInitCallback(hpccard);
#else
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard);
#endif
}
/* Initialize the PCCARD state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */
FSMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init));
/* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */
FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming);
/* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */
FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming);
/* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */
FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming);
/* Enable the PCCARD device */
__FSMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance);
/* Update the PCCARD state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if(hpccard->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback(hpccard);
#else
/* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard);
#endif
/* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */
FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance);
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD MSP Init
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD MSP DeInit
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read Compact Flash's ID.
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param CompactFlash_ID Compact flash ID structure.
* @param pStatus pointer to compact flash status
* @retval HAL status
*
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0U;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize the PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Send the Identify Command */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0xECEC;
/* Read PCCARD IDs and timeout treatment */
do
{
/* Read the PCCARD status */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Read PCCARD ID bytes */
for (index = 0U; index < 16U; index++)
{
CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA);
}
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Read sector from PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param pBuffer pointer to destination read buffer
* @param SectorAddress Sector address to read
* @param pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0U;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x0000;
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0xE4A0;
do
{
/* wait till the Status = 0x80 */
status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
while ((status == 0x80U) && timeout);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR;
do
{
/* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Read bytes */
for (; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
{
*(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR);
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Write sector to PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param pBuffer pointer to source write buffer
* @param SectorAddress Sector address to write
* @param pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0U;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x0000;
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0x30A0;
do
{
/* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Write bytes */
for (; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
{
*(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++;
}
do
{
/* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Erase sector from PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param SectorAddress Sector address to erase
* @param pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW) = 0x00;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = 0x01;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD) = 0xA0;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD;
/* wait till the PCCARD is ready */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout)
{
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
if (timeout == 0U)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reset the PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Provide a SW reset and Read and verify the:
- PCCard Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80
- Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00
- Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C
- Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00
*/
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION) = 0x01;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */
if (__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
#else
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
#endif
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
__FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */
if (__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
#else
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
#endif
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */
__FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */
if (__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
#else
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
#endif
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
__FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */
if (__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
#else
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
#endif
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
__FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
}
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD interrupt feature callback
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User PCCARD Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hpccard : PCCARD handle
* @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID PCCARD MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID PCCARD MspDeInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID PCCARD IT callback ID
* @param pCallback : pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, HAL_PCCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId, pPCCARD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(pCallback == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackId)
{
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID :
hpccard->ItCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackId)
{
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a User PCCARD Callback
* PCCARD Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hpccard : PCCARD handle
* @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID PCCARD MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID PCCARD MspDeInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID PCCARD IT callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_UnRegisterCallback (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, HAL_PCCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackId)
{
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID :
hpccard->ItCallback = HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback;
break;
default :
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackId)
{
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return status;
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief return the PCCARD controller state
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
return hpccard->State;
}
/**
* @brief Get the compact flash memory status
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can be:
* - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate
* a Timeout error
* - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_pccard = 0U;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
}
status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
while ((status_pccard == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout)
{
status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Return the operation status */
return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command
* @param hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be:
* - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy
* - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
* - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation generates error
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
uint8_t data = 0U, status_pccard = PCCARD_BUSY;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
}
/* Read status operation */
data = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
if ((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
else if ((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_READY;
}
return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FSMC_BANK4 */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2207
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

246
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
/**
* @brief Set Tx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param fifo The number of Tx fifo
* @param size Fifo size
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
{
uint8_t i;
uint32_t Tx_Offset;
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
if (fifo == 0U)
{
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
else
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
}
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set Rx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param size Size of Rx fifo
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
{
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
#if defined (USB)
/**
* @brief Configure PMA for EP
* @param hpcd Device instance
* @param ep_addr endpoint address
* @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
* USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
* USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
* @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
* this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
* in PMA allocated to endpoint.
* In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
* is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
* in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
* in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
uint16_t ep_addr,
uint16_t ep_kind,
uint32_t pmaadress)
{
PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
/* initialize ep structure*/
if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
{
ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
}
else
{
ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
}
/* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
{
/* Single Buffer */
ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
}
else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
{
/* Double Buffer Endpoint */
ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Software Device Connection,
* this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used
* only by USB Device FS peripheral.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param state: connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected)
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(state);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#endif /* defined (USB) */
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

621
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT 0x00010000U
#define PVD_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE 0x00000001U
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE 0x00000002U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00U
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04U
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */
#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_LPDS_Pos
#define CR_LPSDSR_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_DBP_Pos
#define CR_DBP_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_PVDE_Pos
#define CR_PVDE_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */
#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL) ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4U)))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions
* brief WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section)
* @{
*/
static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
__NOINLINE
static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void)
{
__asm volatile( "wfe" );
__asm volatile( "nop" );
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers ).
* @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
/* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers).
* @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
/* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
(+) There is one WakeUp pin:
WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
[..]
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The device features 3 low-power modes:
(+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like
NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running
(+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped
(+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off
*** Sleep mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
functions with
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
(+) Exit:
(++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
(++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
(+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend)
(+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode
*** Stop mode ***
=================
[..]
The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral
clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC
oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved.
In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx )
function with:
(++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON.
(++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON.
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
(+) Exit:
(++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured
(++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is
consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also
switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain
and Standby circuitry
(+) Entry:
(++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in
NRSTpin, IWDG Reset
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event,
without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
*** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
====================================================
[..]
Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct.
(#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver
(##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
/* Enable the power voltage detector */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
/* Disable the power voltage detector */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Enable the EWUPx pin */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable the EWUPx pin */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode - allows to support portability from legacy software
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
* the interrupt wake up source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
/* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(Regulator);
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
/* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
* - Reset pad (still available)
* - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out.
* - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Select Standby mode */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* Check PWR exti flag */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1403
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

863
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
* @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
frequencies.
[..]
(@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the
* RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
* @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock).
*
* @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
* the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
* order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
* the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
*
* @note In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on
* one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to
* manually disable it.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U, temp_reg = 0U;
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
uint32_t pllactive = 0U;
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
/*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/
if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
{
/* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
/* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the
power domain is done. */
/* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
if (__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
pwrclkchanged = SET;
}
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
{
/* Enable write access to Backup domain */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
/* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */
temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
if ((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)))
{
/* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
/* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
/* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
RCC->BDCR = temp_reg;
/* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
{
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till LSE is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
}
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
/* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
if (pwrclkchanged == SET)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
}
}
/*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/
if (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection));
/* Configure the ADC clock source */
__HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection);
}
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/
if (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection));
/* Configure the I2S2 clock source */
__HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection);
}
/*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/
if (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection));
/* Configure the I2S3 clock source */
__HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection);
}
/*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/
/* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
{
/* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */
pllactive = 1;
}
/* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */
if (pllactive == 1)
{
/* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL));
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value));
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value);
/* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL);
/* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
/* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */
if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/
if (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
/* Configure the USB clock source */
__HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
}
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal
* RCC configuration registers.
* @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
* returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
{
uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
/* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
/* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
/* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/
PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk;
/* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC;
PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE();
/* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE();
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
/* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
/* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB;
PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
}
/**
* @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency
* @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
* @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock
@if STM32F103xE
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
@endif
@if STM32F103xG
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
@endif
@if STM32F105xC
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
@endif
@if STM32F107xC
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
@endif
@if STM32F102xx
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
@endif
@if STM32F103xx
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
@endif
* @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
*/
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
{
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[14] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13};
const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16};
uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
uint32_t pll2mul = 0U, pll3mul = 0U, prediv2 = 0U;
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6) || \
defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16};
const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = {1, 2};
uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
uint32_t temp_reg = 0U, frequency = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
switch (PeriphClk)
{
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
{
/* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
temp_reg = RCC->CFGR;
/* Check if PLL is enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON))
{
pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos];
if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
{
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\
|| defined(STM32F100xE)
prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_Pos];
#else
prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos];
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC))
{
/* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */
/* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL_Pos) + 2;
pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul);
}
else
{
/* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
}
/* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */
/* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */
if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos])
{
pllclk = pllclk / 2;
}
#else
if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
{
/* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
}
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
}
else
{
/* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul);
}
/* Calcul of the USB frequency*/
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2)
{
/* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */
frequency = pllclk;
}
else
{
/* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */
frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3;
}
#else
/* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL)
{
/* No prescaler selected for USB */
frequency = pllclk;
}
else
{
/* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */
frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3;
}
#endif
}
break;
}
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2:
{
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
#else
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
{
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
}
else
{
/* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
{
/* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
}
}
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
break;
}
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3:
{
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
#else
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
{
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
}
else
{
/* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
{
/* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
}
}
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
break;
}
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:
{
/* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
temp_reg = RCC->BDCR;
/* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */
if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
{
frequency = LSE_VALUE;
}
/* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */
else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)))
{
frequency = LSI_VALUE;
}
else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)))
{
frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128U;
}
/* Clock not enabled for RTC*/
else
{
/* nothing to do: frequency already initialized to 0U */
}
break;
}
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC:
{
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_Pos) + 1) * 2);
break;
}
default:
{
break;
}
}
return (frequency);
}
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function
* @brief PLLI2S Management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S
activation or deactivation
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable PLLI2S
* @param PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S
* @note The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef *PLLI2SInit)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL));
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value));
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value);
/* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL);
/* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
/* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable PLLI2S
* @note PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
{
/* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
/* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function
* @brief PLL2 Management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended PLL2 Management functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2
activation or deactivation
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable PLL2
* @param PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the PLL2
* @note The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef *PLL2Init)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system
clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
if ((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL));
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value));
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the main PLL2. */
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value);
/* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL);
/* Enable the main PLL2. */
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL2 is ready */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable PLL2
* @note PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system
clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
if ((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Disable the main PLL2. */
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */
while (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1949
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

579
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended RTC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral:
* + RTC Tamper functions
* + Extension Control functions
* + Extension RTC features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx
* @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTCEx_Private_Macros RTCEx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 RTC Tamper functions
* @brief RTC Tamper functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### RTC Tamper functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Tamper feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets Tamper
* @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
* @note Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *sTamper)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if ((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR, (BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE)))
{
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger)));
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt.
* @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
* @note Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *sTamper)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if ((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR, (BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE)))
{
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger)));
/* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivates Tamper.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if (hrtc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(Tamper);
assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
CLEAR_BIT(BKP->CR, BKP_CR_TPE);
/* Disable the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
/* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1);
/* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
SET_BIT(BKP->CSR, BKP_CSR_CTE);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles Tamper interrupt request.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_TamperIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Get the status of the Interrupt */
if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1))
{
/* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Tamper callback */
#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hrtc->Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
#else
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
}
}
/* Change RTC state */
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief Tamper 1 callback.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrtc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function handles Tamper1 Polling.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check input parameters */
if (hrtc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Get the status of the Interrupt */
while (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) == RESET)
{
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
{
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Clear the Tamper Flag */
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
/* Change RTC state */
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Second functions
* @brief RTC Second functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### RTC Second functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions implementing second interupt handlers
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets Interrupt for second
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSecond_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if (hrtc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable Second interuption */
__HAL_RTC_SECOND_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivates Second.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateSecond(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if (hrtc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Deactivate Second interuption*/
__HAL_RTC_SECOND_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles second interrupt request.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_RTCIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
if (__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC))
{
/* Get the status of the Interrupt */
if (__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC))
{
/* Check if Overrun occurred */
if (__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW))
{
/* Second error callback */
HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(hrtc);
/* Clear flag Second */
__HAL_RTC_OVERFLOW_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW);
/* Change RTC state */
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Second callback */
HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(hrtc);
/* Change RTC state */
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
}
/* Clear flag Second */
__HAL_RTC_SECOND_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Second event callback.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrtc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Second event error callback.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrtc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extension Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
(+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
(+) Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
* This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to
* specify the register (depending devices).
* @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrtc);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U);
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (Data & BKP_DR1_D);
}
/**
* @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
* @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RTC.
* @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
* This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to
* specify the register (depending devices).
* @retval Read value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
{
uint32_t backupregister = 0U;
uint32_t pvalue = 0U;
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrtc);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
backupregister = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
backupregister += (BackupRegister * 4U);
pvalue = (*(__IO uint32_t *)(backupregister)) & BKP_DR1_D;
/* Read the specified register */
return pvalue;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
* @param hrtc: RTC handle
* @param SmoothCalibPeriod: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families)
* @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families)
* @param SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
{
/* Check input parameters */
if (hrtc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(SmoothCalibPeriod);
UNUSED(SmoothCalibPlusPulses);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.*/
MODIFY_REG(BKP->RTCCR, BKP_RTCCR_CAL, SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
/* Change RTC state */
hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3243
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2358
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

3898
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1112
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

6651
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1921
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

289
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM.
*
* This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
* + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
* + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
(@) The stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
requiring low power modes
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128;
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
{
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
if (HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable RTC Clock */
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
/* Configure RTC time base to 10Khz */
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = (HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) / 10000) - 1;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUTSOURCE_NONE;
HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Clear flag alarm A */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
counter = 0U;
/* Wait till RTC ALRAF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != RESET)
{
if (counter++ == SystemCoreClock / 48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRH = 0x00U;
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRL = 0x09U;
/* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
/* Clear Second and overflow flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW));
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U;
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U;
/* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
counter = 0U;
while ((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
if (counter++ == SystemCoreClock / 48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
return HAL_OK;
}
}
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U;
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U;
/* Clear Second and overflow flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF));
/* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
while ((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
if (counter++ == SystemCoreClock / 48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
* RTC_ALARM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
HAL_IncTick();
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH, 0x00U);
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL, 0x00U);
/* Clear Second and overflow flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW));
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
while ((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
if (counter++ == SystemCoreClock / 48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

166
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* the TIM time base:
* + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void TIM2_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the TIM2 as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
uint32_t pFLatency;
/*Configure the TIM2 IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM2_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
/* Enable the TIM2 global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM2_IRQn);
/* Enable TIM2 clock */
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Get clock configuration */
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
/* Compute TIM2 clock */
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
{
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
else
{
uwTimclock = 2 * HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM2 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t)((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
/* Initialize TIM2 */
TimHandle.Instance = TIM2;
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+ Period = [(TIM2CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ ClockDivision = 0
+ Counter direction = Up
*/
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM2 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable TIM2 update Interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM2 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable TIM2 Update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when TIM2 interrupt took place, inside
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param htim TIM handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM2_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3160
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2799
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

393
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Min-max timeout value at 36 MHz(PCLK1): 910 us / 58.25 ms
(+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety
operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is
generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt
is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can
be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
logging), before resetting the device.
In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software
system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without
generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt
service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG
reset, then trigger the required actions.
Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock
in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated.
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup
Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting
from given counter value.
Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters,
however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next
reset.
(+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the window value already programmed.
(+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when
the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback().
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
==================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if (hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset Callback pointers */
if(hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
}
if(hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
#endif
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(pCallback == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
switch(CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
* WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch(CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Early Wakeup registered callback */
hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
#endif
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

886
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,886 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief ADC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_adc.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (ADC1) || defined (ADC2) || defined (ADC3)
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* common to several ADC instances. */
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC instance. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(__SCAN_SELECTION__) \
( ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_MODE(__SEQ_SCAN_MODE__) \
( ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group regular */
#if defined(ADC3)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2)) \
? ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
) \
: \
( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO_ADC3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH3) \
) \
)
#else
#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#endif
#endif
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
( ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_9RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_10RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_11RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_12RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_13RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_14RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_15RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_16RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_8RANKS) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group injected */
#if defined(ADC3)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2)) \
? ( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \
) \
: \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH3) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH2) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4_ADC3) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH4) \
) \
)
#else
#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \
)
#endif
#endif
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
( ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
( ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
)
#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* multimode. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \
( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_FAST) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_SLOW) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTFAST_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTSLOW_INJ_SIM) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE(__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) \
( ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER) \
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE) \
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE) \
)
#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1);
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
* ADC instances state:
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
* must be disabled.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode));
#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()" and "LL_ADC_SetMultiXXX()"): */
/* On this STM32 serie, setting of these features is conditioned to */
/* ADC state: */
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
if(__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - common to several ADC */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
/* - multimode (if several ADC instances available on the */
/* selected device) */
/* - Set ADC multimode configuration */
/* - Set ADC multimode DMA transfer */
/* - Set ADC multimode: delay between 2 sampling phases */
#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DUALMOD,
ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DUALMOD,
LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
);
}
#endif
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC common */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT)
/* Set fields of ADC multimode */
ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode = LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT;
#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
{
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Set ADC group injected trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Disable the ADC instance */
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
}
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
/* (hardware requirements of bits state to reset registers below) */
if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR2, ADC_CR2_ADON) == 0U)
{
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
/* Reset register SR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SR,
( LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
);
/* Reset register CR1 */
#if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG)
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
( ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_DUALMOD
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN
| ADC_CR1_JEOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE
| ADC_CR1_AWDCH )
);
#else
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
( ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
| ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN | ADC_CR1_JAUTO
| ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE
| ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDCH )
);
#endif
/* Reset register CR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR2,
( ADC_CR2_TSVREFE
| ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_ALIGN | ADC_CR2_DMA
| ADC_CR2_RSTCAL | ADC_CR2_CAL
| ADC_CR2_CONT | ADC_CR2_ADON )
);
/* Reset register SMPR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR1,
( ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10)
);
/* Reset register SMPR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR2,
( ADC_SMPR2_SMP9
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP6
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP3
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP0)
);
/* Reset register JOFR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
/* Reset register JOFR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
/* Reset register JOFR3 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
/* Reset register JOFR4 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
/* Reset register HTR */
SET_BIT(ADCx->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT);
/* Reset register LTR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT);
/* Reset register SQR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR1,
( ADC_SQR1_L
| ADC_SQR1_SQ16
| ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13)
);
/* Reset register SQR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR2,
( ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10
| ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7)
);
/* Reset register JSQR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JSQR,
( ADC_JSQR_JL
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 )
);
/* Reset register DR */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
/* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
* Affects both group regular and group injected (availability
* of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC instance */
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_SCAN
,
ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode
);
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_ALIGN
,
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
/* Enable scan mode to have a generic behavior with ADC of other */
/* STM32 families, without this setting available: */
/* ADC group regular sequencer and ADC group injected sequencer depend */
/* only of their own configuration. */
ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode = LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "REG").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
#if defined(ADC3)
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
#else
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
#endif
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group regular */
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
);
}
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_CONT
| ADC_CR2_DMA
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
);
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction */
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
/* this parameter is discarded. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group injected.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "INJ").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
#if defined(ADC3)
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
#else
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
#endif
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group injected */
/* - Set ADC group injected trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or */
/* from ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
,
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
,
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
);
}
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
,
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource
);
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
/* this parameter is discarded. */
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_INJ_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group injected */
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* ADC1 || ADC2 || ADC3 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

108
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_crc.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (CRC)
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param CRCx CRC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
if (CRCx == CRC)
{
/* Reset the CRC calculation unit */
LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx);
/* Reset IDR register */
LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (CRC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

274
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dac.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(DAC)
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DAC_CHANNEL__) \
( \
((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
|| ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__, __WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
( (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0)) \
) \
||(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)) \
) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
/* Force reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
/* Release reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of DAC channel.
* @note @ref LL_DAC_Init() aims to ease basic configuration of a DAC channel.
* Leaving it ready to be enabled and output:
* a level by calling one of
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
* or one of the supported autogenerated wave.
* @note This function allows configuration of:
* - Output mode
* - Trigger
* - Wave generation
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
* is conditioned to DAC state:
* DAC channel must be disabled.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2
* @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration,
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* DAC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of DAC channel: */
/* - TriggerSource */
/* - WaveAutoGeneration */
/* - OutputBuffer */
/* - OutputMode */
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_MAMP1
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
/* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
/* set anyway to its default value. */
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

314
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dma.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
#if defined (DMA2)
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
{
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U);
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
* @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
/*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
* Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
* - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
* - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
* - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
/*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
* - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

215
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_exti.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (EXTI)
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x00000000U);
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U);
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register clear */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x000FFFFFU);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
else
{
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

985
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,985 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flexible memory controller (FSMC) includes following memory controllers:
(+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
(+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller
[..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
memories and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
(+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol
(+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices
[..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs
only one access at a time to an external device.
The main features of the FSMC controller are the following:
(+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
(++) Static random access memory (SRAM)
(++) Read-only memory (ROM)
(++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
(++) PSRAM (4 memory banks)
(++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices
(++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
data
(+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank
(+) Independent configuration for each memory bank
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if (((defined HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || defined HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED)) || defined HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || defined HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED )
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL FSMC Low Layer
* @brief FSMC driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Private_Constants FSMC Low Layer Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* ----------------------- FSMC registers bit mask --------------------------- */
#if defined FSMC_BANK1
/* --- BCR Register ---*/
/* BCR register clear mask */
/* --- BTR Register ---*/
/* BTR register clear mask */
#define BTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_BTRx_ADDSET | FSMC_BTRx_ADDHLD |\
FSMC_BTRx_DATAST | FSMC_BTRx_BUSTURN |\
FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTRx_DATLAT |\
FSMC_BTRx_ACCMOD))
/* --- BWTR Register ---*/
/* BWTR register clear mask */
#if defined(FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN)
#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD |\
FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN |\
FSMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD))
#else
#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD |\
FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FSMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD))
#endif /* FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN */
#endif /* FSMC_BANK1 */
#if defined(FSMC_BANK3)
/* --- PCR Register ---*/
/* PCR register clear mask */
#define PCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PCRx_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCRx_PBKEN | \
FSMC_PCRx_PTYP | FSMC_PCRx_PWID | \
FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN | FSMC_PCRx_TCLR | \
FSMC_PCRx_TAR | FSMC_PCRx_ECCPS))
/* --- PMEM Register ---*/
/* PMEM register clear mask */
#define PMEM_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PMEMx_MEMSETx | FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx |\
FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx | FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx))
/* --- PATT Register ---*/
/* PATT register clear mask */
#define PATT_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PATTx_ATTSETx | FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx |\
FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx | FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx))
#endif /* FSMC_BANK3 */
#if defined(FSMC_BANK4)
/* --- PCR Register ---*/
/* PCR register clear mask */
#define PCR4_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCR4_PBKEN | \
FSMC_PCR4_PTYP | FSMC_PCR4_PWID | \
FSMC_PCR4_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | \
FSMC_PCR4_TAR | FSMC_PCR4_ECCPS))
/* --- PMEM Register ---*/
/* PMEM register clear mask */
#define PMEM4_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 |\
FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4))
/* --- PATT Register ---*/
/* PATT register clear mask */
#define PATT4_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 |\
FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4))
/* --- PIO4 Register ---*/
/* PIO4 register clear mask */
#define PIO4_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | \
FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4))
#endif /* FSMC_BANK4 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Exported_Functions FSMC Low Layer Exported Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined FSMC_BANK1
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NORSRAM FSMC Low Layer NOR SRAM Exported Functions
* @brief NORSRAM Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order
to run the NORSRAM external devices.
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Init Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
uint32_t flashaccess;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
/* Disable NORSRAM Device */
__FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Init->NSBank);
/* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
if (Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
{
flashaccess = FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
}
else
{
flashaccess = FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE;
}
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank],
(FSMC_BCRx_MBKEN |
FSMC_BCRx_MUXEN |
FSMC_BCRx_MTYP |
FSMC_BCRx_MWID |
FSMC_BCRx_FACCEN |
FSMC_BCRx_BURSTEN |
FSMC_BCRx_WAITPOL |
FSMC_BCRx_WRAPMOD |
FSMC_BCRx_WAITCFG |
FSMC_BCRx_WREN |
FSMC_BCRx_WAITEN |
FSMC_BCRx_EXTMOD |
FSMC_BCRx_ASYNCWAIT |
FSMC_BCRx_CBURSTRW |
0x00070000U), /* CPSIZE to be defined in CMSIS file */
(flashaccess |
Init->DataAddressMux |
Init->MemoryType |
Init->MemoryDataWidth |
Init->BurstAccessMode |
Init->WaitSignalPolarity |
Init->WrapMode |
Init->WaitSignalActive |
Init->WriteOperation |
Init->WaitSignal |
Init->ExtendedMode |
Init->AsynchronousWait |
Init->WriteBurst |
Init->PageSize));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param ExDevice Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
__FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
/* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
if (Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DBU;
}
/* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
else
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2U;
}
Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], BTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FSMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) |
(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) |
(((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FSMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos) |
(Timing->AccessMode)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @param ExtendedMode FSMC Extended Mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_DISABLE
* @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
/* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
if (ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
#else
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)
MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
Timing->AccessMode |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
#else
MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
Timing->AccessMode |
(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) |
(((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATLAT_Pos)));
#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */
}
else
{
Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FSMC NORSRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Enable write operation */
SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable write operation */
CLEAR_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FSMC_BANK1 */
#if defined(FSMC_BANK3)
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NAND FSMC Low Layer NAND Exported Functions
* @brief NAND Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NAND device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order
to run the NAND external devices.
(+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit()
(+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
(+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Init Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
/* Set NAND device control parameters */
if (Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR2, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature |
FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |
Init->MemoryDataWidth |
Init->EccComputation |
Init->ECCPageSize |
((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) |
((Init->TARSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR3, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature |
FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |
Init->MemoryDataWidth |
Init->EccComputation |
Init->ECCPageSize |
((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) |
((Init->TARSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM2, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM3, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT2, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT3, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable the NAND Bank */
__FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */
WRITE_REG(Device->PCR2, 0x00000018U);
WRITE_REG(Device->SR2, 0x00000040U);
WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM2, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
WRITE_REG(Device->PATT2, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
}
/* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */
else
{
/* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
WRITE_REG(Device->PCR3, 0x00000018U);
WRITE_REG(Device->SR3, 0x00000040U);
WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM3, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
WRITE_REG(Device->PATT3, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_FSMC_NAND_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC_NAND Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FSMC NAND interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Enable ECC feature */
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
SET_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
}
else
{
SET_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable ECC feature */
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
}
else
{
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param ECCval Pointer to ECC value
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @param Timeout Timeout wait value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until FIFO is empty */
while (__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if (Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Get the ECCR2 register value */
*ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2;
}
else
{
/* Get the ECCR3 register value */
*ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FSMC_BANK3 */
#if defined(FSMC_BANK4)
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD
* @brief PCCARD Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use PCCARD device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order
to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices.
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Init Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
/* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR4,
(FSMC_PCRx_PTYP |
FSMC_PCRx_PWAITEN |
FSMC_PCRx_PWID |
FSMC_PCRx_TCLR |
FSMC_PCRx_TAR),
(FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_PCCARD |
Init->Waitfeature |
FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16 |
(Init->TCLRSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) |
(Init->TARSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM4, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK,
(Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT4, PATT_CLEAR_MASK,
(Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PIO4, PIO4_CLEAR_MASK,
(Timing->SetupTime |
(Timing->WaitSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4_Pos) |
(Timing->HoldSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4_Pos) |
(Timing->HiZSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device
* @param Device Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
/* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */
__FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device);
/* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */
Device->PCR4 = 0x00000018U;
Device->SR4 = 0x00000040U;
Device->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFCU;
Device->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFCU;
Device->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFCU;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FSMC_BANK4 */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

253
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG)
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) & LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)!= 0u) &&\
(((__VALUE__) & (~LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL))== 0u))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
}
#if defined(GPIOE)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
}
#endif
#if defined(GPIOF)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
}
#endif
#if defined(GPIOG)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
{
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
}
#endif
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t pinmask;
uint32_t pinpos;
uint32_t currentpin;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
pinmask = ((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) << GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS) >> GPIO_PIN_NB;
pinpos = POSITION_VAL(pinmask);
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((pinmask >> pinpos) != 0u)
{
/* skip if bit is not set */
if ((pinmask & (1u << pinpos)) != 0u)
{
/* Get current io position */
if (pinpos < GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS)
{
currentpin = (0x00000101uL << pinpos);
}
else
{
currentpin = ((0x00010001u << (pinpos - GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS)) | 0x04000000u);
}
/* Check Pin Mode and Pin Pull parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
/* Pin Mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
/* Pull-up Pull-down resistor configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
{
/* Check speed and Output mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
/* Speed mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
/* Output mode configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
}
}
pinpos++;
}
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING;
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN;
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

221
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2)
/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
#define IS_LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) > 0U) && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_FAST))
#define IS_LL_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9))
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS I2C registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR I2C registers are not de-initialized
*/
uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
}
#if defined(I2C2)
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
}
#endif /* I2C2 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS I2C registers are initialized
* - ERROR Not applicable
*/
uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
/* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
/* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
/* Retrieve Clock frequencies */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx SCL Clock Speed Configuration ------------
* Configure the SCL speed :
* - ClockSpeed: I2C_CR2_FREQ[5:0], I2C_TRISE_TRISE[5:0], I2C_CCR_FS,
* and I2C_CCR_CCR[11:0] bits
* - DutyCycle: I2C_CCR_DUTY[7:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed(I2Cx, rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency, I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed, I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
* - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_ADD[9:8], I2C_OAR1_ADD[7:1] and I2C_OAR1_ADD0 bits
* - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE bit
*/
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
* Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
* - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBUS, I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE and I2C_CR1_ENARP bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
/* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
* after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
* - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
*/
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed = 5000U;
I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle = LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

86
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PWR)
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
/* Force reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
/* Release reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

474
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RCC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RCC)
/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE))
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE))
#endif /* USB */
#define IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions
* @{
*/
uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void);
uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency);
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void);
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void);
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void);
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
* @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
* - HSI ON and used as system clock source
* - HSE PLL, PLL2 & PLL3 are OFF
* - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
* - CSS, MCO OFF
* - All interrupts disabled
* @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
* - Peripheral clocks
* - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void)
{
/* Set HSION bit */
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
/* Wait for HSI READY bit */
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{}
/* Configure HSI as system clock source */
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSI);
/* Wait till clock switch is ready */
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
{}
/* Reset PLLON bit */
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON);
/* Wait for PLL READY bit to be reset */
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
{}
/* Reset CFGR register */
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, 0x00000000U);
/* Reset HSEON, HSEBYP & CSSON bits */
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP));
#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON)
/* Reset PLL2ON bit */
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL2ON);
#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */
#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL3ON)
/* Reset PLL3ON bit */
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON);
#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL3ON */
/* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */
LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
/* Reset CFGR2 register */
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1 */
/* Disable all interrupts */
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U);
/* Clear reset flags */
LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags();
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq
* @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
* and different peripheral clocks available on the device.
* @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**)
* @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***)
* @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on
* HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
* @note (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary
* depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
* @note (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that
* HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used.
* Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
* @note The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional
* value for HSE crystal.
* @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
* baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
* @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function
* must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any
* configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
* @param RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks)
{
/* Get SYSCLK frequency */
RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
/* HCLK clock frequency */
RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency);
/* PCLK1 clock frequency */
RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
/* PCLK2 clock frequency */
RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
}
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC)
/**
* @brief Return I2Sx clock frequency
* @param I2SxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE
* @retval I2S clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(uint32_t I2SxSource)
{
uint32_t i2s_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(I2SxSource));
/* I2S1CLK clock frequency */
switch (LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource(I2SxSource))
{
case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /*!< System clock selected as I2S clock source */
case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
i2s_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
break;
case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO: /*!< PLLI2S oscillator clock selected as I2S clock source */
case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO:
default:
i2s_frequency = RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S() * 2U;
break;
}
return i2s_frequency;
}
#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC */
#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
/**
* @brief Return USBx clock frequency
* @param USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
* @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz)
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI), HSE or PLL is not ready
*/
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource)
{
uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource));
/* USBCLK clock frequency */
switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource))
{
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_USBPRE)
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
{
usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
}
break;
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_1_5: /* PLL clock divided by 1.5 used as USB clock source */
default:
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
{
usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 3U) / 2U;
}
break;
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_USBPRE */
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE)
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO/2
= (2 x PLLCLK) / 2
= PLLCLK */
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_2: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
{
usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
}
break;
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO/3
= (2 x PLLCLK) / 3 */
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_3: /* PLL clock divided by 3 used as USB clock source */
default:
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
{
usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 2U) / 3U;
}
break;
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE */
}
return usb_frequency;
}
#endif /* USB */
/**
* @brief Return ADCx clock frequency
* @param ADCxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE
* @retval ADC clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetADCClockFreq(uint32_t ADCxSource)
{
uint32_t adc_prescaler = 0U;
uint32_t adc_frequency = 0U;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(ADCxSource));
/* Get ADC prescaler */
adc_prescaler = LL_RCC_GetADCClockSource(ADCxSource);
/* ADC frequency = PCLK2 frequency / ADC prescaler (2, 4, 6 or 8) */
adc_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()))
/ (((adc_prescaler >> POSITION_VAL(ADCxSource)) + 1U) * 2U);
return adc_frequency;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return SYSTEM clock frequency
* @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void)
{
uint32_t frequency = 0U;
/* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource())
{
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */
frequency = HSI_VALUE;
break;
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */
frequency = HSE_VALUE;
break;
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */
frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
break;
default:
frequency = HSI_VALUE;
break;
}
return frequency;
}
/**
* @brief Return HCLK clock frequency
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency
* @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency)
{
/* HCLK clock frequency */
return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler());
}
/**
* @brief Return PCLK1 clock frequency
* @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
* @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
{
/* PCLK1 clock frequency */
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler());
}
/**
* @brief Return PCLK2 clock frequency
* @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
* @retval PCLK2 clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
{
/* PCLK2 clock frequency */
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK2_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler());
}
/**
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void)
{
uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U;
/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE, HSI_VALUE or PLL2 / PLL Predivider) * PLL Multiplicator */
/* Get PLL source */
pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource();
switch (pllsource)
{
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
break;
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
break;
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_PLL2: /* PLL2 used as PLL clock source */
pllinputfreq = RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq() / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
break;
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
default:
pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
break;
}
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator());
}
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
/**
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void)
{
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLL2CLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLL2_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
}
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
/**
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
*/
uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void)
{
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2SCLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
}
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(RCC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

544
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RTC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_cortex.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RTC)
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Default values used for prescaler */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x00007FFFU
/* Values used for timeout */
#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0xFFFFFU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(__OUTPUT__) (((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE) || \
((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_RTCCLOCK) || \
((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_ALARM) || \
((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_SECOND))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
* @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
* registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CNTL, 0x0000);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CNTH, 0x0000);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRLH, 0x0000);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRLL, 0x8000);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CRH, 0x0000);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CRL, 0x0020);
/* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP, RTCCR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP, CR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP, CSR, 0x00000000U);
/* Exit Initialization Mode */
if (LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
/* Clear RSF Flag */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
}
}
else
{
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
* in RTC_InitStruct.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
* @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
* initialization mode only.
* @note the user should call LL_RTC_StructInit() or the structure of Prescaler
* need to be initialized before RTC init()
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource));
/* Waiting for synchro */
if (LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Clear Flag Bits */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALR(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_OW(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_SEC(RTCx);
if (RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource != LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE)
{
/* Disable the selected Tamper Pin */
LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable(BKP);
}
/* Set the signal which will be routed to RTC Tamper Pin */
LL_RTC_SetOutputSource(BKP, RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource);
/* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
/* Exit Initialization Mode */
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource = LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current time.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
* the time configuration information for the RTC.
* @note The user should call LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit() or the structure
* of time need to be initialized before time init()
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t counter_time = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
}
/* Enter Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Hours * 3600U) + \
((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes * 60U) + \
((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time);
}
else
{
counter_time = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)) * 3600U) + \
((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)) * 60U) + \
((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds))));
LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time);
}
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
/* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @note the user should call LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit() or the structure
* of Alarm need to be initialized before Alarm init()
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARM registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARM registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
}
/* Enter Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
counter_alarm = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours * 3600U) + \
((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes * 60U) + \
((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm);
}
else
{
counter_alarm = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)) * 3600U) + \
((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)) * 60U) + \
((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds))));
LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm);
}
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARM field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
* - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout --;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
* counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable initialization mode */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout --;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Time Counter
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param TimeCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Counter register configured
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t TimeCounter)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Enter Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, TimeCounter);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set Alarm Counter.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param AlarmCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmCounter)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Enter Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, AlarmCounter);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Waits until the RTC registers are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Clear RSF flag */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
/* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(RTC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1521
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

530
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SPI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_spi.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3)
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* SPI registers Masks */
#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \
SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \
SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_DFF | \
SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
#if defined(SPI1)
if (SPIx == SPI1)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI1 */
#if defined(SPI2)
if (SPIx == SPI2)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI2 */
#if defined(SPI3)
if (SPIx == SPI3)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI3 */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
/* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
{
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
* - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
* - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
* - DataWidth: SPI_CR1_DFF bit
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
* - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
* - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit
* - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
* - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
* - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode | SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth |
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
* - NSS management: SSOE bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2, SPI_CR2_SSOE, (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
* - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
*/
if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
}
status = SUCCESS;
}
#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
/* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
/* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* I2S registers Masks */
#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \
&& ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
{
return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t i2sdiv = 2U;
uint32_t i2sodd = 0U;
uint32_t packetlength = 1U;
uint32_t tmp;
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
uint32_t sourceclock;
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the I2S parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
{
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
* Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
* - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
* - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
* - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
*/
/* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
* - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
* - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
*/
/* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
* else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
*/
if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
{
/* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
* Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
*/
if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
{
/* Packet length is 32 bits */
packetlength = 2U;
}
/* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
/* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
/* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
{
/* MCLK output is enabled */
tmp = (((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
}
else
{
/* MCLK output is disabled */
tmp = (((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
}
/* Remove the floating point */
tmp = tmp / 10U;
/* Check the parity of the divider */
i2sodd = (tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
/* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
i2sdiv = ((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
/* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
i2sodd = (i2sodd << 8U);
}
/* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
{
/* Set the default values */
i2sdiv = 2U;
i2sodd = 0U;
}
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
status = SUCCESS;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
{
/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @brief Set linear and parity prescaler.
* @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
* Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param PrescalerLinear value Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
* @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
{
/* Check the I2S parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1198
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_tim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

446
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief USART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_usart.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5)
/** @addtogroup USART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
* divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */
#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 4500000U)
/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFF. */
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
}
#if defined(USART3)
else if (USARTx == USART3)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
}
#endif /* USART3 */
#if defined(UART4)
else if (USARTx == UART4)
{
/* Force reset of UART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
/* Release reset of UART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
}
#endif /* UART4 */
#if defined(UART5)
else if (USARTx == UART5)
{
/* Force reset of UART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
/* Release reset of UART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
}
#endif /* UART5 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified
* parameters in USART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
* - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
#else
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
* - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
*/
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
*/
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK2_Frequency;
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#if defined(USART3)
else if (USARTx == USART3)
{
periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#endif /* USART3 */
#if defined(UART4)
else if (USARTx == UART4)
{
periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#endif /* UART4 */
#if defined(UART5)
else if (USARTx == UART5)
{
periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#endif /* UART5 */
else
{
/* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
}
/* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
periphclk,
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
#else
LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
periphclk,
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(USARTx->BRR));
}
}
/* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param USART_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8)
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
/* If Clock signal has to be output */
if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
{
/* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
* - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
*/
LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
}
else
{
/* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
/* Check clock related parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
* - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set
* - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
* - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
* - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
*/
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
}
}
/* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
/* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || UART4 || UART5 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2591
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

606
lib/stm32f1/hal/source/stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief UTILS LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_utils.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_system.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Defines used for PLL range */
#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz */
/* Defines used for HSE range */
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN RCC_HSE_MIN /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX RCC_HSE_MAX /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */
/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
#define UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ 48000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 */
#else
/*!< No Latency Configuration in this device */
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5)
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6_5))
#else
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5 */
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
#else
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2))
#endif /*RCC_PREDIV1_DIV_2_16_SUPPORT*/
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX)
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
|| ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency);
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
* @retval None
*/
void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* Use frequency provided in argument */
LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on SysTick counter flag
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
* and use rather osDelay service.
* @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
* will configure Systick to 1ms
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
/* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
((void)tmp);
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
{
Delay++;
}
while (Delay)
{
if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
{
Delay--;
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
* @brief System Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### System Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
(+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY Hz.
@endverbatim
@internal
Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
(++) +-----------------------------------------------+
(++) | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
(++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 |
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
(++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 |
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
(++) |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 |
(++) +-----------------------------------------------+
@endinternal
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
* @retval None
*/
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* HCLK clock frequency */
SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
* - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
* - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
* not exceed 72MHz
* @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
/* Check PREDIV value */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
#else
/* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
/* Enable HSI if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSI ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
* - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
* - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
* not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX
* @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
* @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = RCC_HSE_MIN and Max_Data = RCC_HSE_MAX
* @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
/* Enable HSE if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
{
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
}
else
{
LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
}
/* Enable HSE */
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSE ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
voltage range.
* @param Frequency SYSCLK frequency
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
* - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
*/
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */
/* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
if (Frequency == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
else
{
if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ)
{
/* 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
}
else
{
if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
{
/* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
}
/* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
}
LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
/* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
{
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
/* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
#if defined (RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
#else
pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / ((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos) + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
return pllfreq;
}
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
* - ERROR: PLL is busy
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check if PLL is busy*/
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
{
/* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
/* Check if PLL2 is busy*/
if (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 0U)
{
/* PLL2 configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
/* Check if PLLI2S is busy*/
if (LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady() != 0U)
{
/* PLLI2S configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
* - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
/* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]);
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
/* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
}
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
/* Update system clock configuration */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
if (LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource() != LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2)
{
/* Enable PLL2 */
LL_RCC_PLL2_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for PLL2 ready */
}
}
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
/* Enable PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for PLL ready */
}
/* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
{
/* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
}
/* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
}
/* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
}
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
/* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/